control reference manual...control circuit. simocode es is a powerful, user-friendly program that...

494
Control Reference Manual USA Edition tiastar MCC Simocode Pro www.usa.siemens.com

Upload: others

Post on 14-Mar-2020

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

Control Reference ManualUSA Edition

tiastar MCC Simocode Pro

www.usa.siemens.com

Page 2: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates
Page 3: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

1. Introduction 5

2. GeneralTerms 6

3. ProgramBlockSelection 8

4. FullVoltageNon-Reversing 12 FixedOperationModel PB01–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 13 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection 15 PB02–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 16 PB03–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 19 PB04–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 22 PB05–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 25 PB06–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 28 PB07–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 33 PB08–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 37 PB09–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 40

SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB10–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 40 PB11–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 43 PB12–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 46 PB13–Local3-Wire–Remote3-Wire 49

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB14–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 52 PB15–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 57

5.FullVoltageReversing 62 FixedOperationModel PB16–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 63 PROFIBUSBitoperationmodeselection PB17–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 66 PB18–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 69 PB19–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 72 PB20–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 75 PB21–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 78 PB22–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 82 PB23–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 86 PB24–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 89

SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB25–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 92 PB26–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 95 PB27–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 98 PB28–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire 101 PB29–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 104 PB30–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 109

6.TwoSpeedOneWinding(2S1W) 114 FixedOperationMode PB31–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 115 PB32–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 118 PB33–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 121 PB34–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 124

PB35–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 127 PB36–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 130 PB37–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 134 PB38–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 138 PB39–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 141 SelectorSwitchoperationmodeselection PB40–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 144 PB41–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 147 PB42–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 150 PB43–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 153

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB44–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 156 PB45–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 161

7. TwoSpeedTwoWinging 166 FixedOperationMode PB46–LocalOverloadOperation RemoteMonitoring 167 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB47–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 170 PB48–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 173 PB49–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire 176 PB50–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire 179 PB51–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire 182 PB52–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 186 PB53–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire 190 PB54–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire 193

SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB55–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire 196 PB56–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire 199 PB57–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 202 PB58–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire 205

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB59–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-Wire 209 PB60–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire 213

8. 3RW40ReducedVoltageSoftStarter 218 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB62–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 219 PB63–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 223 PB64–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 227 PB65–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 231 PB66–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 235 PB67–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 240 PB68–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 245 PB69–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 249

TableofContents

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Page 4: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB70–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 253 PB71–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 257 PB72–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 261 PB73–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 265

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB74–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 269 PB75–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolation 274

9. 3RW40REDUCEDVOLTAGESOFTSTARTER 279 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB77–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 280 PB78–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 285 PB79–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 290 PB80–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 295 PB81–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 300 PB82–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 306 PB83–3RW40w/InputIsolationandBypass 312 PB84–NoLocal–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 317

SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB85–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 322 PB86–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 327 PB87–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 332 PB88–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 337

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB89–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 342 PB90–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW40 w/InputIsolationandBypass 348

10.ReducedVoltageSoftStarter(3RW44W/opt.ISO) 354

PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB92–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 355 PB93–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation. 359 PB94–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 363 PB95–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 367

PB96–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 371 PB97–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-Wire 3RW44w/opt.InputIsolation 376 PB98–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 380 PB99–NoLocal–Remote-3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 384 SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PB100–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 388 PB101–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 392 PB102–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 396 PB103–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 400

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB104–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 404 PB105–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/opt.InputIsolation 410

11.3RW44ReducedVoltageSoftStarter (3RW44w/opt.ISO) 416 PROFIBUSBitOperationModeSelection PB107–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 417 PB108–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 422 PB109–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 427 PB110–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 432 PB111–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 437 PB112–3-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolationandBypass 443 PB113–NoLocal–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 449 PB114–Remote3-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolation andBypass 454

SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection PBG115–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 459 PB116–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 464 PB117–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 469 PB118–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 474

OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection PB119–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-Wire3RW44 w/InputIsolationandBypass 479 PB119–Remote2-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolation andBypass 480 PB120–Remote3-Wire3RW44w/InputIsolation andBypass 485

TableofContents

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Page 5: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 3Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

1

TheintentofthismanualistofamiliarizethereaderwithalibraryofstandardcontrolcircuitstobeusedinconjunctionwithSiriusMotorManagementandControlDevices,alsoknownasSIMOCODEPro.

SIMOCODEProisaflexible,modularmotormanagementsystemthatcombinesvirtuallyallfunctionsrequiredforacompletemotorfeeder.Theonlyadditionalcomponentsrequiredareswitchingandshort-circuitprotectionmechanismsofthemaincircuit(contactors,circuitbreakers,fuses,etc.).

SIMOCODEProreplaceslarge,complexsectionsofthecontrolcircuitandautomaticallyimplementsallrequiredconnections.Itprovidesaconsiderableamountofoperating,serviceanddiagnosticdata,increasingtheactionableinformationprovidedbythemotorfeeder.ItcompletelyintegratesthemotorfeederintoacomprehensiveautomationsystemviaProfibusDPcommunication.

TherearetwovarietiesofSIMOCODEPro:• SIMOCODEProC-acompactsystemforfull-voltage non-reversingandreversingstartersproviding controlandmonitoringcapabilitiesviaastandard OperatorPanel.• SIMOCODEProV–avariablesystemwithmanyadditional functionsandfeatures. oStarterfunctionsforstar-delta;two-speedone-winding; two-speedtwo-windingandreducedvoltagesoft starters–withorwithoutreversingcontrol. oTwodigitalmodulestoincreasethenumberandtypeof binaryinputsandoutputs. oACurrent/VoltageMeasuringModulethatprovides additionalmeasurementandmonitoringofvoltageand otherpower-relatedvalues(powermanagement). oATemperatureModuletoevaluateanalog temperaturesensors. oAnEarth-Faultdetectionsystemintegratedwitha summationcurrenttransformerforsensitive groundingsystems. oAnAnalogModuletoextendthesystembyadding analoginputsandoutputs,suchasfilllevelorflow-rate monitoring. oAnOperatorPanelwithDisplay(OPD)thatprovides control,indicationandstatusofalldatastoredwithin thedevice.

1.Introduction

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

SIMOCODEProCisupward-compatiblewithSIMOCODEProV.Thismeansbothlevelscanbeusedsimultaneouslytomeetspecificrequirementsthroughoutafacility.

SIMOCODEProiscustomizedforaparticularapplicationbystoringoneofthefunctionalcircuitsdescribedinthismanualintoprogrammable,non-volatilememoryofeachdevice.Eachcontrolcircuitincludestheinputcommandsandoutputcontrollogicrequiredforaspecificapplication.

SIMOCODEProfunctionscanalsobecustomizedusinganoptionalWindows-basedsoftwareapplicationtodevelophighlyspecializedcontrolcircuitsortomodifyastandardcontrolcircuit.SIMOCODEESisapowerful,user-friendlyprogramthatusespull-downmenustoselectthedesiredfunctionality.TheprogramthentranslatestheseselectionsfordownloadtotheSIMOCODEPronon-volatilememory.

Formoreinformation,ortopurchaseSIMOCODEProorSIMOCODEES,pleasecontactyourlocalSIEMENSsalesoffice.

Page 6: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

4 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

ControlCommand:Inputsentfromthecontrolstationscreentostart,stop,and/orchangethedirectionofamotor.

ControlMethod:Therearefourinputlocations(LocalControl,PLC/DCS,PC,andOperatorPanel)fromwhichcommandsmaybesenttocontrolSIMOCODEProoperations.Eachmaybesetindependentlyfromtheothers.(SeeControlMethodReleases&OperationModeSelector.)

ControlMethodReleases:Foreachcontrolmode,therearefourstations(LocalControl,PLC/DCS,PC,andOperatorPanel)thatcanhavecontrolenabled(ON)and/ordisabled(OFF).(SeeControlMethod&OperationModeSelector.)

ControlSelection:TheactofchoosingbetweenLocalControl,RemoteControl,andRemoteParameterizationControl(ifavailable)usingtheOperationModeSelector.

ControlStation:InterfacescreeninSIMOCODEESusedtoassignoperationmodeselectionandoperationscontrolwithineachcontrolmethod.

FAST:Describesthehighercapacitycontactorinatwospeedmotorstarter.Usedasthedesignationoncontactorcoils,pushbuttons,andoperatorpanelbuttons.

FixedLevel:AsettingwithintheSIMOCODEESsoftwarethatprovidesamaintainedhigh(1)orlow(0)signal.Usedinlogiccircuitstolimitthenumberofvariablesorprovideaconstantsignal.

FVNR:Thenon-reversingstarterusesthe1Mcontactortoconnectthemotorterminalsdirectlyacrossthelineforsingle-speed,single-direction,full-voltageoperation.

FVR:ThereversingstarterusestheFWD&REVcontactorstoconnectthemotorterminalsinpositiveornegativephasesequenceforsingle-speed,dual-direction,andfull-voltageoperation.TheFWD&REVcontactorsaremechanicallyandelectricallyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitingoftheinputlines.

FWD:Abbreviationforforward.Describestheclockwiserotatingcontactorinareversingmotorstarter.Usedasthedesignationoncontactorcoils,pushbuttons,andoperatorpanelbuttons.

LocalOperationMode:Tocommandthestarterunitusinghardwiredinputsortheoperatorpanel.

LocalControl(LC):ControlmethodusedtoassigntheactionsforcontrolsplacedattheSIMOCODEProinputs.

LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoring:TobypasstheSIMOCODEProforcommandofthestarterunitandusePROFIBUSDPcommunicationformonitoring.

OFFControlCommand:InputusedtosendaSTOPcommand.Note:LocalControl(LC)Methodrequiresanormallyclosedcontact.Thiswillensureshutdownifawirebreakoccurs.

OL/FVNR;OL/FVR;OL/2S1W;OL/2S2W:UseoftheSIMOCODEProasanoverloadonly.ControlcommandsmustbeperformedexternaltotheSimocodePro.MonitoringoverProfibusDPisstillpossible.

ON>ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaFWDandSLOWruncommand.

ON<ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaREVandSLOWruncommand.

ON>>ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaFWDandFASTruncommand.

ON<<ControlCommand:InputusedtosendaREVandFASTruncommand.

OperationModeSelector:Atwoinputtruthtableusedtochoosebetweenuptofourdifferentcontrolmodes(Local1,Local2,Local3,andRemote).SeeControlMethods&ControlMethodReleases.

OperatorPanel(OP):ControlmethodusedtoassigntheactionsfromtheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelbuttons.

PC(DPV1):ControlMethodusedtoassigntheactionssentfromaremoteClassIIworkstationorlaptopviaProfibusDP.MustbeabletoutilizeProfibusDPV1protocol.

PLC/DCS(DP):ControlmethodusedtoassigntheactionssentfromaremoteClassImasterPLC/DCSviaProfibusDP.

ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit:ControlinformationsentfromthePLC/DCStotheSIMOCODEProviaProfibusDP.

ProfibusCyclicSendBit:StatusinformationsentfromtheSIMOCODEProtothePLC/DCSviaProfibusDP.

RemoteOperationMode:TocontrolthestarterunitviaPROFIBUSDPcommunicationwithoutrightstochangeparameterdata.

RemoteParameterizationOperationMode:TocontrolthestarterunitviaProfibusDPcommunicationwithrightstochangeparameterdata.

2.Generalterms

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Page 7: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 5Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual Sectio

n 2

SIMOCODEES:Windows-basedsoftwareprogramusedtoparameterizetheSIMOCODEPromotormanagementdevice.

SLOW:Describesthelowercapacitycontactorinatwospeedmotorstarter.Usedasthedesignationoncontactorcoils,pushbuttons,andoperatorpanelbuttons.

TwoWireControl:Characterizedbymaintainedcontactclosure.Signalmustalwaysbepresentforoperationofthecontactor.Typically,twowirecontrolprovidesvoltagereleaseprotection,butnovoltagereturnprotection.Intheeventofcontrolcircuitpowerloss,thecontactorwouldde-energize(voltagereleaseprotection),butwouldre-energizeoncecontrolcircuitpowerwasrestored,ifthemaintainedcontactwasstillclosed(novoltagereturnprotection).Proceedwithcaution.

ThreeWireControl:Characterizedbymomentarycontactclosure.Signalneedsonlyapulseforoperationofthecontactor.Typicallythreewirecontrolprovidesvoltagereleaseprotectionandvoltagereturnprotection.Intheeventofcontrolcircuitpowerlossthecontactorwouldde-energize(voltagereleaseprotection).Oncecontrolcircuitpowerwasrestored,amomentarystartcontactclosurewouldberequiredbeforethecontactorwouldengage(voltagereturnprotection).

2S1W:Thetwo-speed,one-windingstarterusestheSLOWcontactortoselectlow-speedandtheFAST&SHORTcontactorstoselecthigh-speedfordual-speed,single-direction,full-voltageoperation.TheSLOWandSHORTcontactorsaremechanicallyandelectricallyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitsontheinputlines.

2S2W:Thetwo-speed,two-windingstarterusestheSLOWcontactortoselectlow-speedandtheFASTcontactortoselecthigh-speedfordual-speed,singledirection,full-voltageoperation.TheSLOWandFASTcontactorsaremechanicallyandelectricallyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitsontheinputlines.

2.Generalterms(continued)

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Page 8: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

6 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference ManualtiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Star

ter

Typ

ePr

og

ram

Blo

ckM

od

eSe

lect

ion

Typ

eC

on

tro

l Typ

eIn

pu

t A

ssig

nm

ents

Ou

tpu

t A

ssig

nm

ents

BU

IN

1B

U

IN2

BU

IN

3B

U

IN

4O

P

B

1O

P

B2

OP

B3

OP

B4

DM

1

IN1

DM

1

IN2

DM

1

IN3

DM

1

IN4

DM

2

IN1

DM

2

IN2

DM

2

IN3

DM

2

IN4

BU

O

UT1

BU

O

UT2

BU

O

UT3

DM

1

OU

T1D

M1

O

UT2

DM

2

OU

T1D

M2

O

UT2

FVN

RPB

01

Fixe

dLo

cal O

L - R

emot

e M

onit

orin

g

FVN

RPB

02

Profi

bu

s Bi

tLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 2

wir

eO

NFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

03

Profi

bu

s Bi

tLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 3

wir

eO

NFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

04

Profi

bu

s Bi

tLo

cal 3

wir

e PB

- Re

mot

e 2

wir

eST

ART

STO

PFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

05

Profi

bu

s Bi

tLo

cal 3

wir

e PB

- Re

mot

e 3

wir

eST

ART

STO

PFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

06

Profi

bu

s Bi

tLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 2

wir

eST

ART

STO

PFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

07

Profi

bu

s Bi

tLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 3

wir

eST

ART

STO

PFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

08

Profi

bu

s Bi

tN

o Lo

cal -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

ON

FWD

CO

IL

FVN

RPB

09

Profi

bu

s Bi

tN

o Lo

cal -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

ON

FWD

CO

IL

FVN

RPB

10

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

AU

TOFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

11

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

AU

TOFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

12

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 2

wir

eH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

STO

PA

UTO

FWD

CO

IL

FVN

RPB

13

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 3

wir

eH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

STO

PA

UTO

FWD

CO

IL

FVN

RPB

14

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

AU

TOST

ART

STO

PFW

D

COIL

FVN

RPB

15

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

AU

TOST

ART

STO

PFW

D

COIL

FVR

PB1

6Fi

xed

Loca

l OL

- Rem

ote

Mon

itor

ing

FWD

CO

ILRE

V

COIL

FVR

PB1

7Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

FWD

REV

FWD

CO

ILRE

V

COIL

FVR

PB1

8Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

FWD

REV

FWD

CO

ILRE

V

COIL

FVR

PB1

9Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

FWD

STO

PRE

VFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

0Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

FWD

STO

PRE

VFW

D

COIL

RE

V

COIL

FVR

PB2

1Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

REV

FWD

STO

PFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

2Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

REV

FWD

STO

PFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

3Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eFW

DRE

VFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

4Pr

ofi b

us

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 3

wir

eFW

DRE

VFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

5Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 2

wir

eH

AN

D

FWD

HA

ND

RE

VA

UTO

FWD

CO

ILRE

V

COIL

FVR

PB2

6Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 3

wir

eH

AN

D

FWD

HA

ND

RE

VA

UTO

FWD

CO

ILRE

V

COIL

FVR

PB2

7Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 3

wir

e SS

/PB

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

FW

DH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

REV

AU

TOFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

8Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 3

wir

e SS

/PB

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

FW

DH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

REV

AU

TOFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB2

9O

pera

tor

Pan

elLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 2

wir

eA

UTO

REV

FWD

STO

PFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

FVR

PB3

0O

pera

tor

Pan

elLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 3

wir

eA

UTO

REV

FWD

STO

PFW

D

COIL

REV

CO

IL

3.Programblockselection

Page 9: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 7Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

3

3.Programblockselection

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Star

ter

Typ

ePr

og

ram

B

lock

Mo

de

Se

lect

ion

Typ

eC

on

tro

l Typ

eIn

pu

t A

ssig

nm

ents

Ou

tpu

t A

ssig

nm

ents

BU

IN1

BU

IN

2B

U

IN3

BU

IN

4O

P

B

1O

P

B

2O

P

B

3O

P

B

4D

M1

IN

1D

M1

IN

2D

M1

IN

3D

M1

IN

4D

M2

IN

1D

M2

IN

2D

M2

IN

3D

M2

IN

4B

U

OU

T1B

U

OU

T2B

U

OU

T3D

M1

O

UT1

DM

1

OU

T2D

M2

O

UT1

DM

2

OU

T2

2S1

WPB

31

Fixe

dLo

cal O

L - R

emot

e M

onit

orin

gFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S1

WPB

32

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

SLO

WFA

STFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S1

WPB

33

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

SLO

WFA

STFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S1

WPB

34

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

35

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

36

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

FAST

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

37

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

FAST

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

38

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eSL

OW

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

39

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 3

wir

eSL

OW

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

40

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

SL

OW

HA

ND

FA

STA

UTO

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

41

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

SL

OW

HA

ND

FA

STA

UTO

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

ILSH

ORT

CO

IL

2S1

WPB

42

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 2

wir

eH

AN

D

SLO

WH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

FAST

AU

TOFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S1

WPB

43

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 3

wir

eH

AN

D

SLO

WH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

FAST

AU

TOFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S1

WPB

44

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

AU

TOFA

STSL

OW

STO

PFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S1

WPB

45

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

AU

TOFA

STSL

OW

STO

PFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

SHO

RT

COIL

2S2

WPB

46

Fixe

dLo

cal O

L - R

emot

e M

onit

orin

gFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

2S2

WPB

47

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

SLO

WFA

STFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

2S2

WPB

48

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

SLO

WFA

STFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

2S2

WPB

49

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

50

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

51

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

FAST

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

52

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

FAST

SLO

WST

OP

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

53

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eSL

OW

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

54

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 3

wir

eSL

OW

FAST

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

55

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

SL

OW

HA

ND

FA

STA

UTO

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

56

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

i re

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

SL

OW

HA

ND

FA

STA

UTO

FAST

CO

ILSL

OW

CO

IL

2S2

WPB

57

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 2

wir

eH

AN

D

SLO

WH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

FAST

AU

TOFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

2S2

WPB

58

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 3

wir

eH

AN

D

SLO

WH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

FAST

AU

TOFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

2S2

WPB

59

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

AU

TOFA

STSL

OW

STO

PFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

2S2

WPB

60

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

AU

TOFA

STSL

OW

STO

PFA

ST

COIL

SLO

W

COIL

Page 10: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

8 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

3.Programblockselection

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManualSt

arte

r Ty

pe

Pro

gra

m B

lock

Mo

de

Sele

ctio

n T

ype

Co

ntr

ol T

ype

Inp

ut

Ass

ign

men

tsO

utp

ut

Ass

ign

men

ts

BU

IN

1B

U

IN2

BU

IN

3B

U

IN4

OP

B1

OP

B

2O

P

B3

OP

B4

DM

1

IN

1D

M1

IN

2

1M

D IN3

1

MD IN

4D

M2

IN

1

2M

D IN2

DM

2

IN3

DM

2

IN4

BU

O

UT1

BU

O

UT2

BU

O

UT3

DM

1

OU

T1D

M1

O

UT2

DM

2

OU

T1D

M2

O

UT2

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

62

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

ON

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

63

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

ON

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

64

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

STA

RTST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

65

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

STA

RTST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

66

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NST

ART

STO

PIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

67

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NST

ART

STO

PIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

68

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eO

NRV

SS

FAU

LTRV

SS

RUN

ISO

CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

69

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 3

wir

eO

NRV

SS

FAU

LTRV

SS

RUN

ISO

CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

70

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

RVSS

RUN

RVSS

FA

ULT

AU

TOIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

71

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

FAU

LTA

UTO

ISO

CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

72

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 2

wir

eH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

STO

PA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

73

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 3

wir

eH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

STO

PA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

ISO

CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

74

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NA

UTO

STA

RTST

OP

ISO

CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ I

SOPB

75

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NA

UTO

STA

RTST

OP

ISO

CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

77

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

RVSS

FA

ULT

BYPA

SSRV

SS

RUN

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

78

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

RVSS

FA

ULT

BYPA

SSRV

SS

RUN

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

79

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

STO

PBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

80

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

STO

PBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

81

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NBY

PASS

RVSS

STO

PIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

82

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NBY

PASS

RVSS

STO

PIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

83

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eRV

SSRV

SS

FAU

LTBY

PASS

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

84

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 3

wir

eRV

SSRV

SS

FAU

LTBY

PASS

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

85

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

86

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

87

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 2

wire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

88

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire

SS/P

B - R

emot

e 3

wire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NIS

O

COIL

BYP

COIL

RVSS

CO

IL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

89

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NA

UTO

BYPA

SSRV

SSST

OP

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

3RW

40

W/ B

YPPB

90

Ope

rato

r Pa

nel

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NA

UTO

BYPA

SSRV

SSST

OP

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

ILRV

SS

COIL

Page 11: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 9Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

3

3.Programblockselection

tiastarSmartMCCSIMOCODEProControlReferenceManual

Star

ter

Type

Prog

ram

Bl

ock

Mod

e

Sele

ctio

n T

ype

Con

trol

Typ

eIn

put

Ass

ign

men

tsO

utp

ut

Ass

ign

men

tsBU

IN1

BU

IN

2BU

IN3

BU

IN4

OP

B1

OP

B2

OP

B3

OP

B4

DM

1

IN

1D

M1

IN2

DM

1

IN

3D

M1

IN4

DM

2

IN

1D

M2

IN2

DM

2

IN

3D

M2

IN4

BU

OU

T1BU

O

UT2

BU

OU

T3D

M1

O

UT1

DM

1

OU

T2D

M2

O

UT1

DM

2

OU

T23

RW4

4PB

92

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

ON

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

93

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

ON

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

94

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

STA

RTST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

95

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

STA

RTST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

96

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NST

ART

STO

PRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

97

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NST

ART

STO

PRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

98

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eO

NRV

SS

FAU

LTRV

SS

RUN

RVSS

CO

ILRV

SS

RESE

TIS

O

COIL

3RW

44

PB9

9Pr

ofibu

s Bi

tN

o Lo

cal -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

ON

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

10

0Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 2

wir

eH

AN

DRV

SS

RUN

RVSS

FA

ULT

AU

TORV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

10

1Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 3

wir

eH

AN

DRV

SS

RUN

RVSS

FA

ULT

AU

TORV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

10

2Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 3

wir

e SS

/PB

- Rem

ote

2 w

ireH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

STO

PA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

10

3Se

lect

or S

wit

chLo

cal 3

wir

e SS

/PB

- Rem

ote

3 w

ireH

AN

D

STA

RTH

AN

D

STO

PA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

10

4O

pera

tor

Pan

elLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 2

wir

eRV

SS

FAU

LTRV

SS

RUN

AU

TOST

ART

STO

PRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4PB

10

5O

pera

tor

Pan

elLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 3

wir

eRV

SS

FAU

LTRV

SS

RUN

AU

TOST

ART

STO

PRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

07

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

BYPA

SSRV

SS

FAU

LTRV

SS

RUN

RVSS

CO

ILRV

SS

RESE

TIS

O C

OIL

BYP

COIL

3RW

44

W/ B

YPPB

10

8Pr

ofibu

s Bi

tLo

cal 2

wir

e SS

- Re

mot

e 3

wir

eRV

SSBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

09

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

RVSS

STO

PBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

10

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

PB -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

RVSS

STO

PBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

11

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

2 w

ire

BYPA

SSRV

SSST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

12

Profi

bus

Bit

Loca

l 3 w

ire

OP

- Rem

ote

3 w

ire

BYPA

SSRV

SSST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

13

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 2

wir

eRV

SSBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

14

Profi

bus

Bit

No

Loca

l - R

emot

e 3

wir

eRV

SSBY

PASS

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

15

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

2 w

ire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

16

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 2 w

ire

SS -

Rem

ote

3 w

ire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

17

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire S

S/PB

- Re

mot

e 2

wire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL3

RW4

4 W

/ BYP

PB1

18

Sele

ctor

Sw

itch

Loca

l 3 w

ire S

S/PB

- Re

mot

e 3

wire

HA

ND

RV

SSH

AN

D

STO

PH

AN

D

BYPA

SSA

UTO

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL

3RW

44

W/ B

YPPB

11

9O

pera

tor

Pan

elLo

cal 3

wi r

e O

P - R

emot

e 2

wir

eA

UTO

BYPA

SSRV

SSST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL

3RW

44

W/ B

YPPB

12

0O

pera

tor

Pan

elLo

cal 3

wir

e O

P - R

emot

e 3

wir

eA

UTO

BYPA

SSRV

SSST

OP

RVSS

FA

ULT

RVSS

RU

NRV

SS

COIL

RVSS

RE

SET

ISO

CO

ILBY

P CO

IL

Page 12: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

10 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

4.Fullvoltagenon-reversing

Thenon-reversingstarterusesthe1Mcontactortoconnectthemotorterminalsdirectlyacrossthelineforsingle-speed,single-direction,full-voltageoperation.

Thebasicoperationofthisstarterisasfollows.

1. AlocalorremotestartsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.

2. TheSIMOCODEProOutput1closeswhichenergizesthecoilof1MContactor.

3. AlocalorremotestopsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.

4. TheSIMOCODEProOutput1openswhichde-energizesthecoilof1MContactor.

5. Ifafaultoccursatanytime,theSIMOCODEProwillendthestarteroperation.

Page 13: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 11Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB01

OL/FVNR–FixedOperationModeLocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringConnectionDiagram

Page 14: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

12 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB01

OL/FVNR–FixedOperationModeLocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringOperatingInstructions

LocalControl 1.Allcontrolexternaltodevice. 2.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventtheSIMOCODEOutput3willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

NOTE:ThissetupisnotrecommendedasitsuseeliminateslocalcontrolofthestarterviaSimocodeProaswellasremotecontroloverProfibusDPnetworkcommunication

Page 15: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 13Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB01

OL/FVNR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 16: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

14 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB02

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 17: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 15Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB02

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnot

permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl

1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandtheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheselectorswitchisplacedintotheONposition.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1McontactortheselectorswitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanoverloadoranyothergeneralfaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.Profibuscyclicreceivebit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputis connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnected totheSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanel ifsoequipped.

Page 18: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

16 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB02

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 19: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 17Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB03

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 20: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

18 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB03

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnot permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommand inOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheONposition.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1 isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,via ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEPro OperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 21: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 19Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB03

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 22: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

20 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB04

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireConnectiondiagram

Page 23: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 21Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB04

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2. 2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnot permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheStartPushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormally closedstate.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Output isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.2isconnectedtotheSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommand isthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen,whichin turnde-energizesthe1MContactorCoilthusdisengagingthe1MContactorceasingcurrentflowtothemotor.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface, viaProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedonthe SIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 24: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

22 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB04

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 25: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 23Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB05

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 26: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

24 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB05

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControl CommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheStartPushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate. TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 27: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 25Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB05

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 28: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

26 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB06

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 29: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 27Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB06

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 30: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

28 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB06

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)is connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheOPStartPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 31: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 29Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB06

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 32: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

30 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB07

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 33: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 31Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB07

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 34: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

32 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB07

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl

1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)is connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheOPStartPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 35: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 33Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB07

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 36: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

34 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB08

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 37: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 35Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB08

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3,ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl

1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedto theSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 38: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

36 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB08

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 39: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 37Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB09

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 40: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

38 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB09

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl(forfieldcommissioningpurposesonly) 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactorSIMOCODEInput1isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 41: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 39Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB09

FVNR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 42: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

40 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB10

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 43: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 41Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB10

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot relevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.5isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 44: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

42 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB10

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 45: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 43Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB11

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 46: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

44 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB11

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot relevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 47: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 45Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB11

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 48: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

46 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB12

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 49: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 47Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB12

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot relevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.5isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControl CommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDpositionandtheStartPushbuttonisdepressed whiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODE Output1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDposition theStopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.ForeitheractiontheOFF ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedto theSignalConditioner1Inputforinversion.

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 50: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

48 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB12

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 51: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 49Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB13

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 52: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

50 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB13

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoesnot permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControl CommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDpositionandtheStartPushbuttonisdepressedwhile theStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1 toclose. 3.Todisengagethe1MContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheHANDpositionthe StopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.ForeitheractiontheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortwotheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 53: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 51Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB13

FVNR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 54: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

52 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB14

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 55: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 53Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB14

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 56: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

54 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB14

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedgerising latchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperationMode selectionduringlossofcontrolpower.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isnotrelevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.WhenmodeisactiveindicationisprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintainedsignal) areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindicationisprovided viaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP). 2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSTARTButtonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODE Output1toclose. 3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSTOPOperatorPanelButtonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandSignalConditioner1Outputisconnectedto theOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheSignal Conditioner1Inputforinversion. 2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isdeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. 4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 57: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 55Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB14

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 58: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

56 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB14

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

AUTOToggleOperation

Page 59: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 57Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB15

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 60: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

58 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB15

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 61: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 59Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB15

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedge risinglatchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperation Modeselectionduringlossofcontrolpower.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceive Bit0.5isnotrelevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.WhenmodeisactiveindicationisprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintained signal)areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindication isprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(START)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)is connectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeOperatorPanel(OP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheSTARTButtonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheSTOPOperatorPanelButtonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen.

4.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnected totheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP).

2.Toengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.Todisengagethe1MContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toopen. oIntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutput1willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 62: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

60 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB15

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 63: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 61Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

4

PB15

FVNR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

AUTOToggleOperation

Page 64: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

62 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

ThereversingstarterusestheFWD&REVcontactorstoconnectthemotorterminalsinpositiveornegativephasesequenceforsingle-speed,dual-direction,full-voltageoperation.TheFWD&REVcontactorsaremechanicallyandintelligentlyinterlockedtopreventshortcircuitingoftheinputlines.

ThebasicFORWARDoperationofthisstarterisasfollows.

1.AlocalorremoteFORWARDstartsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.

2.TheSIMOCODEProOutput1closeswhichenergizesthecoilofFWDContactor.

3.AlocalorremotestopsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.

4.TheSIMOCODEProOutput1openswhichde-energizesthecoilofFWDContactor.

5. IfafaultoccursatanytimetheSIMOCODEProwillendthestarteroperation.

ThebasicREVERSEoperationofthisstarterisasfollows.

1.AlocalorremoteREVERSEstartsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.

2.TheSIMOCODEProOutput2closeswhichenergizesthecoilofREVContactor.

3.AlocalorremotestopsignalisgiventotheSIMOCODEPro.

4.TheSIMOCODEProOutput2openswhichde-energizesthecoilofREVContactor.

5. IfafaultoccursatanytimetheSIMOCODEProwillendthestarteroperation.

5.Fullvoltagereversing

Page 65: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 63Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB16

OL / FVR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringConnectionDiagram

Page 66: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

64 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB16

OL / FVR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringOperatingInstructions

LocalControl 1. Allcontrolexternaltodevice.

2. IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventtheSIMOCODEOutput3willopen.

ResetControl 3. GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Note: 1. ThissetupisnotrecommendedasitsuseeliminateslocalcontrolofthestarterviaSimocodeProaswellasremotecontrol overProfibusDPnetworkcommunication.

Page 67: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 65Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB16

OL / FVR–FixedOperationMode–LocalOverloadOperation–RemoteMonitoringParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 68: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

66 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB17

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 69: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 67Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB17

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS 3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC). ConnectedtoTruthTable1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthen

triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDorREVContactor,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0

aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFault,SIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 70: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

68 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB17

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 71: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 69Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB18

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote-3WireConnectionDiagram

Page 72: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

70 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB18

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote-3WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand andTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).ConnectedtoTruth Table1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheplacetheSelectorSwitchintheOFFposition.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.ToswitchcontactorsissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfortheoppositedirection.The defaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.Thedefaultinterlockingtimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 73: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 71Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB18

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote-3WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 74: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

72 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB19

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 75: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 73Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB19

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,depresstheForwardPushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.

TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactor,depresstheReversePushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.

TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactor,depresstheStopPushbutton.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisnecessarytoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfor

theoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0

aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControl Commandfortheoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 76: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

74 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB19

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 77: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 75Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB20

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 78: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

76 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB20

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WirePB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand andSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,depresstheForwardPushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.The ON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactor,depresstheReversePushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.TheON <ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 79: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 77Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB20

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3WirePB–Remote3WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 80: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

78 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB21

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 81: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 79Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB21

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 82: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

80 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB21

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode OperatorPanel(OP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS(DP). ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0are deactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 83: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 81Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB21

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 84: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

82 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB22

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 85: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 83Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB22

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 86: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

84 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB22

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation ModeSelectorS2. 2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS. 3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode OperatorPanel(OP). 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.Intheeventofanoverloadorothergeneralfaultevent,SIMOCODEoutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP). 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadorotherGeneralFaultevent,SIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 87: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 85Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB22

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 88: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

86 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB23

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 89: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 87Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB23

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2. 2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS. 3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.LocalControl(forfieldcommissioningpurposesonly) 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC). ConnectedtoTruthTable1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3. 2.ToengagetheFWDContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactorSIMOCODEInput3isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactorSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3aredeactivated.The OFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0. 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.20.0aredeactivated.TheOFF ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadorotherGeneralFaultevent,SIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 90: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

88 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB23

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 91: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 89Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB24

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 92: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

90 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB24

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.FixedLevel1isconnectedtotheOperation

ModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isactivated.Thismodedoesnotpermitsending parameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

3.ToengageLocalOperationModetheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.

LOCALCONTROL(forfieldcommissioningpurposesonly)1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand

andTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).ConnectedtoTruth Table1areSIMOCODEInput1andSIMOCODEInput3.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactorSIMOCODEInput1isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactorSIMOCODEInput3isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODE Output2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactor,SIMOCODEInputs1and3aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode

PLC/DCS(DP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl

1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelissoequipped.

Page 93: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 91Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB24

FVR–ProfibusBitOperationModeSelection–NoLocal–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 94: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

92 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB25

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 95: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 93Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB25

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnot

relevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationMode,SIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes

notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.LocalControl

1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC). ConnectedtoTruthTable1areSIMOCODEInputs1and3.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthen

triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControl

Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfor

theoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.RemoteControl

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/ DCS(DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0areconnectedtoTruthTable2.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,theProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDorREVContactor,theProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0aredeactivated.TheOFFControl

Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.ResetControl

1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 96: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

94 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB25

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 97: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 95Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB26

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 98: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

96 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB26

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation.3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoesnot

permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

LocalControl1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand

andTruthTable1OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).ConnectedtoTruth Table1areSIMOCODEInputs1and3.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheFWDposition.TheON>ControlCommandisthen triggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.3.ToengagetheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheREVposition.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.TheOFFControl

Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

RemoteControl

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode

PLC/DCS(DP).2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic

ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped..

Page 99: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 97Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB26

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local2-WireSS–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 100: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

98 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB27

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 101: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 99Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB27

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoes

notpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<Control CommandandSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,depresstheForwardPushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.

TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactor,depresstheReversePushbuttonwhiletheStopPushbuttonisinitsnormallyclosedstate.

TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplaced

intotheHANDpositiontheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.For

eitheractiontheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS (DP).ConnectedtoTruthTable2areProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0

aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 102: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

100 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB27

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 103: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 101Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB28

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 104: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

102 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB28

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructionsControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.SIMOCODEInput4isconnectedtothe OperationModeSelectorS2.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isnotrelevant tothisoperation. 3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4isactivatedwhileProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isdeactivated.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModeSIMOCODEInput4andProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5areactivated.Thismodedoesnot

permitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.

LocalControl 1.SIMOCODEInput1isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,SIMOCODEInput3isconnectedtotheON<ControlCommand andSIMOCODEInput2isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModeLocalControl(LC).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheForwardpushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStoppushbuttonisinitsnormalclosedstate.The

ON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheReversepushbuttonisdepressedwhiletheStoppushbuttonisinitsnormalclosedstate.The

ON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortwomethodsareavailable.First,whiletheSelectorSwitchisplacedinto

theHANDpositiontheStopPushbuttonisdepressed.Second,theSelectorSwitchisplacedintotheOFFposition.Foreither actiontheOFFControlCommandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelifsoequipped.

Page 105: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 103Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB28

FVR–SelectorSwitchOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireSS/PB–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 106: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

104 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB29

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 107: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 105Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB29

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedgerising latchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperationMode selectionduringlossofcontrolpower.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5 isnotrelevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.Whenmodeisactive,indicationisprovidedviatheLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintained signal)areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindication isprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.

LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnectedto theON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeOperatorPanel(OP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandis

thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

RemoteControl 1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandTruthTable2OutputisconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationModePLC/DCS (DP).ProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0areconnectedtoTruthTable2.

2.ToengagetheFWDContactor,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactor,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,

causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDorREVContactorProfibusCyclicReceiveBits0.2and0.0aredeactivated.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 108: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

106 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB29

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 109: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 107Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB29

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote2-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 110: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

108 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB29

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote2-WireParameterDetail

AUTOToggleOperation

Page 111: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 109Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB30

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 112: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

110 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB30

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOPD–Remote3-WireConnectionDiagram

Page 113: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 111Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB30

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireOperatingInstructions

ControlSelection

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5isconnectedtotheOperationModeSelectorS1.Non-VolatileElement1Outputisconnected totheOperationModeSelectorS2.OperatorPanelButton1(AUTO)isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement1foranedgerising latchaswellastoCounter1forlatchreset.Counter1isconnectedtoNon-VolatileElement2tomaintainOperationMode selectionduringlossofcontrolpower.

2.ToengageLocalOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1Outputisdeactivated.ThestateofProfibusCyclicReceiveBit 0.5isnotrelevanttothisoperation.

3.ToengageRemoteParameterizationOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputisactivatedwhileProfibusCyclic ReceiveBit0.5isdeactivated.WhenmodeisactiveindicationisprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton1.

4.ToengageRemoteOperationModetheNon-VolatileElement1OutputandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.5(maintained signal)areactivated.ThismodedoesnotpermitsendingparameterdatafromthePLC/DCS.Whenmodeisactiveindication isprovidedviaLEDonOperatorPanelButton.

LocalControl 1.OperatorPanelButton3(FWD)isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,OperatorPanelButton2(REV)isconnected totheON<ControlCommandandOperatorPanelButton4(STOP)isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperation ModeOperatorPanel(OP).

2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheOPForwardPushbuttonisdepressed.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose.

3.ToengagetheREVContactortheOPReversePushbuttonisdepressed.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered,causing SIMOCODEOutput2toclose.

4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheOPStopPushbuttonisdepressed.TheOFFControlCommandis thentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen.

5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandfor theoppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds.

6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs12willopen.

RemoteControl

1.ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isconnectedtotheON>ControlCommand,ProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isconnectedtothe ON<ControlCommandandProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isconnectedtotheOFFControlCommandinOperationMode PLC/DCS(DP). 2.ToengagetheFWDContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.2isactivated.TheON>ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput1toclose. 3.ToengagetheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.0isactivated.TheON<ControlCommandisthentriggered, causingSIMOCODEOutput2toclose. 4.TodisengagetheFWDContactorortheREVContactortheProfibusCyclicReceiveBit0.1isactivated.TheOFFControl Commandisthentriggered,causingSIMOCODEOutputs1and2toopen. 5.WhenswitchingcontactorsitisrequiredtoissueanOFFControlCommandbeforeengagingtheControlCommandforthe oppositedirection.ThedefaultInterlockingTimeforchangingdirectionis0seconds. 6.IntheeventofanOverloadoranyotherGeneralFaulteventSIMOCODEOutputs1and2willopen.

ResetControl 1.GeneralFaultconditionsmayberesetviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProBasicUnitface,viaProfibus CyclicReceiveBit0.6fromthePLC/DCSsystem,orviaTEST/RESETbuttonlocatedontheSIMOCODEProOperatorPanelif soequipped.

Page 114: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

112 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB30

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

ControlSelectionandOperation

Page 115: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 113Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

5

PB30

FVR–OperatorPanelOperationModeSelection–Local3-WireOP(OPD)–Remote3-WireParameterDetail

AUTOToggleOperation

Page 116: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

114 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

114 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

6. Two speed one winding

The two-speed one-winding starter uses the SLOW contactor to select low-speed and the FAST & SHORT contactors to select high-speed for dual-speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation. The SLOW and SHORT contactors are mechanically and intelligently interlocked to prevent short circuiting of the input lines.

The basic SLOW operation of this starter is as follows.1. A local or remote SLOW start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The basic FAST operation of this starter is as follows.1. A local or remote FAST start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 and SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 close which energizes the coils of the FAST Contactor and SHORT Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 and SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 open which de-energizes the coils of the FAST Contactor and SHORT Contactor.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

Page 117: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 115Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

115Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB31

OL / 2S1W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring

Connection Diagram

Page 118: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

116 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

116 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB31

OL / 2S1W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring

Operating Instructions

Local Control 1. All control external to device.

2. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control 3. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

NOTE: 1. This setup is not recommended as its use eliminates local control of the starter via Simocode Pro as well as remote control over Profibus DP network communication.

2. Two Simocode Pro devices are required to utilize a 2S1W starter in this fashion.

Page 119: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 117Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

117Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB31

OL / FVNR – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 120: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

118 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

118 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB32

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 121: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 119Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

119Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB32

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1and 3.

2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 122: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

120 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

120 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB32

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 123: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 121Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

121Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB33

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 124: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

122 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

122 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB33

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2 Wire SS– Remote 3 WireOperating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 125: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 123Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

123Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB33

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS– Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 126: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

124 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

124 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB34

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 127: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 125Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

125Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB34

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3 Wire PB– Remote 2 Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1and SIMOCODE Output 3 | to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor, or the FAST & SHORT Contactors, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bits 0.2 and 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 128: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

126 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

126 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB34

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 129: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 127Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

127Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB35

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 130: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

128 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

128 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB35

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode. Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 131: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 129Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

129Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB35

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB– Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 132: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

130 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

130 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB36

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 133: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 131Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

131Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB36

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 134: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

132 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

132 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB36

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3 Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 2 Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 135: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 133Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

133Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB36

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 136: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

134 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

134 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB37

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 137: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 135Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

135Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB37

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 138: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

136 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

136 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB37

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3 Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 2 Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 139: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 137Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

137Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB37

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP(OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 140: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

138 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

138 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB38

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 141: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 139Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

139Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB38

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the SIMOCODE Input1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 142: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

140 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

140 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB38

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 143: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 141Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

141Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB39

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 144: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

142 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

142 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB39

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3 Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the SIMOCODE Input1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 145: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 143Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

143Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB39

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 146: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

144 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

144 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB40

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 147: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 145Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

145Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB40

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors, you must issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 148: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

146 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

146 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB40

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 149: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 147Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

147Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB41

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 150: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

148 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

148 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB41

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection2. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.3. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.4. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.5. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is the triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open. Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 151: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 149Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

149Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB41

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 152: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

150 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

150 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB42

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 153: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 151Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

151Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB42

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normal closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel, if so equipped.

Page 154: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

152 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

152 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB42

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 155: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 153Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

153Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB43

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 156: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

154 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

154 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB43

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 157: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 155Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

155Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB43

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 158: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

156 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

156 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB44

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 159: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 157Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

157Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB44

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 160: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

158 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

158 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB44

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When remote operation mode is active, indication is provided via the LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions is reset using the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 161: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 159Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

159Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB44

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 162: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

160 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

160 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB44

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

Page 163: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 161Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

161Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB45

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 164: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

162 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

162 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB45

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 165: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 163Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

163Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB45

2S1W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1.Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1, 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 166: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

164 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

164 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB45

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 167: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 165Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

6

165Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB45

2S1W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

Page 168: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

166 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

7. Two speed two winding

The two-speed two-winding starter uses the SLOW contactor to select low-speed and the FAST contactor to selecthigh-speed for dual-speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation. The SLOW and FAST contactors are mechanicallyand intelligently interlocked to prevent short circuiting of the input lines.

The basic SLOW operation of this starter is as follows.1. A local or remote SLOW start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of SLOW Contactor.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The basic FAST operation of this starter is as follows.

1. A local or remote FAST start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 closes which energizes the coil of the FAST Contactor.3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 opens which de-energizes the coil of the FAST.5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

Page 169: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 167Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB46

OL / 2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring

Connection Diagram

Page 170: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

168 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB46

OL / 2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring

Operating Instructions

Local Control1. All control external to device.2. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open, which in turn de-energizes the SLOW & FAST Contactor Coils thus disengaging the SLOW & FAST Contactors ceasing current flow to the motor.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

NOTE:

1. This setup is not recommended as its use eliminates local control of the starter via Simocode Pro as well as remote control over Profibus DP network communication.2. Two Simocode Pro devices are required to utilize a 2S2W starter in this fashion.

Page 171: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 169Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB46

OL / 2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – Local Overload Operation – Remote Monitoring

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 172: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

170 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB47

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 173: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 171Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB47

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, place the Selector Switch in the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor, place the Selector Switch in the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default changeover pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default changeover pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 174: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

172 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB47

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 175: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 173Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB48

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 176: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

174 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB48

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2.to close5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to close. 4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open. 5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 177: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 175Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB48

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 178: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

176 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB49

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 179: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 177Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB49

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. Local Control 1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is triggered causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW or FAST Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 180: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

178 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB49

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 181: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 179Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB50

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 182: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

180 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB50

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW or FAST Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 183: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 181Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB50

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 184: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

182 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB51

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 185: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 183Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB51

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 186: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

184 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB51

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open. Reset Control 1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 187: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 185Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB51

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 188: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

186 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB52

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 189: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 187Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB52

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 190: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

188 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB52

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then riggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 191: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 189Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB52

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 192: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

190 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB53

2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – No Local – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 193: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 191Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB53

2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – No Local – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 and 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the SIMOCODE Input1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remotel Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 194: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

192 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB53

2S2W – Fixed Operation Mode – No Local – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 195: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 193Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB54

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Load – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 196: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

194 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB54

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Load – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 and 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor, SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor SIMOCODE Inputs1 and 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Resetl Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 197: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 195Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB54

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Load – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 198: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

196 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB55

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 199: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 197Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB55

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operationto SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactors the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset using the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 200: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

198 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB55

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 201: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 199Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB56

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 202: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

200 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB56

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Inputs 1 and 3.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the SLOW position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the FAST position. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST & SHORT Contactors the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions are reset using the TEST/RESET button on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 203: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 201Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB56

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 204: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

202 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB57

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 205: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 203Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB57

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 206: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

204 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB57

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 207: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 205Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB58

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 208: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

206 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB58

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Slow Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Fast Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 209: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 207Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB58

2S2W – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 210: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

208 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB59

2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 211: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 209Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB59

2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 212: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

210 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB59

2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default changeover Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 213: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 211Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB59

2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 214: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

212 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB59

2S2W – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

Page 215: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 213Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB60

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 216: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

214 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB60

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire

Connection Diagram

Page 217: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 215Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB60

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (SLOW) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (FAST) is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the OP Slow Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the OP Fast Pushbutton is depressed. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON >> Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).2. To engage the SLOW Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.3. To engage the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON >> Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.4. To disengage the SLOW Contactor or the FAST Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 to open.5. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. The default Change-over Pause for changing speed from FAST operation to SLOW operation is 0 seconds.6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 218: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

216 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB60

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 219: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 217Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

7

PB60

2S2W – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire

Parameter Detail

Auto Toggle Detail

Page 220: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

218 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

8. 3RW40 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Input Isolation Contactor

The reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless acceleration by controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltage operation. An input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removal to the motor windings.

The basic operation of this starter is as follows. 1. A local or remote start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.

3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.

4. With the Input Isolation Contactor 3M closed the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.

5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.

7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.

8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Output 1 which de-energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.

9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operation feedback over Profibus-DP.

o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 to energize the 3M Isolation Contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and ramp-down.

o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will switch states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.

Page 221: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 219Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB62

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 222: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

220 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB62

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationOperating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation

Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation

Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus

Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 223: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 221Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB62

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/ Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 224: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

222 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB62

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/ Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 225: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 223Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB63

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation Connection Diagram

Page 226: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

224 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB63

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation

Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation

Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 227: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 225Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB63

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 228: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

226 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB63

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 229: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 227Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB64

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 230: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

228 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB64

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation

Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control

Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open..

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 231: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 229Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB64

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 232: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

230 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB64

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 233: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 231Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB65

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationConnection Diagram

Page 234: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

232 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB65

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation

Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactived.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected

to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control 1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 235: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 233Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB65

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 236: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

234 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB65

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 237: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 235Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB66

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationConnection Diagram

Page 238: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

236 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB66

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 239: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 237Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB66

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is

connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected

to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 240: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

238 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB66

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 241: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 239Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB66

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 242: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

240 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB67

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 243: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 241Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB67

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 244: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

242 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB67

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the

Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected

to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus

Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 245: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 243Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB67

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 246: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

244 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB67

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 247: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 245Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB68

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2 Wire3RW40 w/ Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 248: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

246 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB68

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2 Wire3RW40 w/ Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only) 1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control 1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only

Page 249: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 247Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB68

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2 Wire 3RW40 w/ Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 250: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

248 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB68

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 251: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 249Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB69

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 252: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

250 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB69

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation

Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 253: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 251Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB69

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 254: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

252 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB69

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 255: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 253Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB70

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 256: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

254 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB70

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the

Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation

Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 257: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 255Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB70

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 258: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

256 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB70

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 259: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 257Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB71

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 260: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

258 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB71

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the

Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation

Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 261: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 259Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB71

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 262: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

260 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB71

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 263: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 261Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB72

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 264: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

262 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB72

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the

Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control

Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. 1: while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. 2: the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 265: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 263Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB72

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 266: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

264 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB72

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 267: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 265Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB73

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 268: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

266 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB73

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to Operation

Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode, SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode, SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode, SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control

Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault, SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 269: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 267Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB73

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 270: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

268 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB73

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 271: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 269Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB74

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input IsolationConnection Diagram

Page 272: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

270 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB74

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 273: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 271Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB74

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected

to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control5. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is

connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

6. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

7. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

8. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

9. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

10. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, | causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 274: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

272 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB74

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 275: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 273Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB74

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 276: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

274 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB75

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 277: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 275Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB75

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 278: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

276 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB75

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to

the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode, Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via the LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected

to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to

the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open.

5. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing Output 1 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic

Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 279: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 277Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

8

PB75

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 280: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

278 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB75

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 281: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 279Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

9. 3RW40 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Input Isolation and Bypass ContactorsThe reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless acceleration by controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltage operation. An input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removal to the motor windings. A bypass contactor is integrated into the design to provide selectable direct across the line, single- speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation.

The basic RVSS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote RVSS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.

3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.

4. With the Input Isolation Contactor 3M closed the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.

5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 3 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.

7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.

8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Output 1 which de-energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.

9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The basic BYPASS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote BYPASS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.

3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

4. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.

5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operationfeedback over Profibus-DP.

o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 1 to energize the 3M contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and ramp-down.

o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active, the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will change states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.

Page 282: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

280 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB77

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 283: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 281Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB77

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control 1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3. 2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal. 3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close. 4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close. 5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open. 6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time). 7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation. 8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 284: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

282 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB77

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/ DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 285: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 283Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB77

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 286: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

284 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB77

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 287: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 285Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB78

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 288: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

286 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB78

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 289: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 287Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB78

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 290: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

288 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB78

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 291: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 289Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB78

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 292: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

290 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB79

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and BypassConnection Diagram

Page 293: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 291Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB79

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 294: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

292 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB79

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 295: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 293Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB79

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 296: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

294 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB79

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 297: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 295Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB80

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 298: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

296 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB80

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 299: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 297Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB80

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 300: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

298 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB80

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 301: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 299Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB80

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 302: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

300 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB81

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 303: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 301Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB81

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Page 304: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

302 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB81

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 305: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 303Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB81

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 306: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

304 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB81

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 307: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 305Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB81

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 308: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

306 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB82

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 309: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 307Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB82

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 310: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

308 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB82

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) –Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 311: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 309Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB82

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) –Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 312: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

310 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB82

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 313: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 311Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB82

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 314: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

312 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB83

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 315: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 313Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB83

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the SIMOCODE Input 1 and the SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered causing the SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated causing the SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Output 2 and SIMOCODE Output 3 will open.

Page 316: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

314 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB83

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 317: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 315Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB83

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 318: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

316 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB83

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 319: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 317Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB84

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 320: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

318 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB84

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 321: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 319Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB84

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 2 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 322: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

320 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB84

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 323: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 321Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB84

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 324: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

322 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB85

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 325: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 323Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB85

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 326: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

324 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB85

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 327: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 325Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB85

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 328: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

326 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB85

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 329: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 327Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB86

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 330: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

328 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB86

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Page 331: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 329Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB86

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 332: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

330 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB86

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 333: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 331Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB86

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 334: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

332 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB87

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 335: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 333Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB87

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 336: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

334 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB87

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 337: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 335Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB87

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 338: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

336 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB87

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 339: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 337Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB88

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 340: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

338 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB88

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action the OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 341: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 339Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB88

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 342: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

340 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB88

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 343: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 341Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB88

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 344: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

342 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB89

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 345: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 343Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB89

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 346: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

344 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB89

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 347: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 345Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB89

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 348: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

346 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB89

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 349: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 347Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB89

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 350: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

348 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB90

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 351: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 349Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB90

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 352: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

350 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB90

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 353: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 351Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB90

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 2 and Output 3 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event the SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Reset Control

1. General Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via the RESET button located on the unit enclosure door. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

Page 354: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

352 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB90

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 355: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 353Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

9

PB90

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW40 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 356: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

354 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

10. 3RW44 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Optional Input Isolation ContactorThe reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless accelerationby controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltageoperation. An optional input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removalto the motor windings.

The basic RVSS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.

3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 3 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M if equipped.

4. With 3-phase voltage applied the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.

5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.

7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.

8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Output 3 which de-energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M if equipped.

9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operationfeedback over Profibus-DP.

o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Output 3 to energize the 3M Isolation Contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and ramp-down.

o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will switch states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.

Page 357: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 355Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB92

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 358: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

356 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB92

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 359: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 357Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB92

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 360: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

358 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB92

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 361: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 359Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB93

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 362: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

360 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB93

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the ON position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 363: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 361Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB93

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 364: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

362 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB93

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 365: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 363Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB94

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 366: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

364 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB94

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 367: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 365Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB94

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 368: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

366 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB94

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 369: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 367Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB95

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 370: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

368 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB95

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp- down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 371: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 369Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB95

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 372: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

370 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB95

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 373: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 371Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB96

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 374: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

372 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB96

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD –Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 375: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 373Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB96

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the

Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 376: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

374 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB96

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 377: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 375Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB96

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 378: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

376 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB97

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 379: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 377Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB97

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 380: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

378 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB97

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 381: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 379Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB97

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 382: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

380 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB98

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 383: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 381Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB98

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control 1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control 1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 384: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

382 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB98

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 385: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 383Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB98

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 386: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

384 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB99

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 387: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 385Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB99

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control 1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 388: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

386 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB99

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 389: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 387Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB99

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 390: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

388 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB100

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 391: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 389Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB100

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 392: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

390 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB100

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 393: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 391Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB100

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 394: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

392 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB101

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 395: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 393Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB101

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 396: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

394 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB101

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 397: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 395Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB101

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 398: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

396 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB102

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 399: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 397Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB102

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not | relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 400: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

398 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB102

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 401: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 399Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB102

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 402: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

400 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB103

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 403: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 401Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB103

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolations

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position and the Start Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE z Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Remote Control

1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open. Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 404: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

402 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB103

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolations

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 405: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 403Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB103

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolations

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 406: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

404 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB104

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 407: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 405Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB104

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 408: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

406 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB104

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Page 409: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 407Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB104

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Signal Conditioner 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the Signal Conditioner 1 Input for inversion.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 410: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

408 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB104

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 411: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 409Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB104

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input IsolationParameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 412: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

410 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB105

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 413: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 411Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB105

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Connection Diagram

Page 414: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

412 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB105

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (START) is connected to the ON > Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP Start Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time.

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Page 415: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 413Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB105

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. SIMOCODE Input 4 is then activated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to close.

4. To disengage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to open.

5. To disengage the optional 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated, causing SIMOCODE Output 3 to open. (RVSS Ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

6. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 will open.

Remote Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Input 3 will indicate RVSS Fault status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 416: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

414 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB105

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 417: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 415Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

10

PB105

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/opt. Input Isolation

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 418: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

416 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

11. 3RW44 Reduced Voltage Soft Starter with Input Isolation and Bypass ContactorsThe reduced voltage soft starter uses an SCR equipped solid state controller to provide smooth, stepless accelerationby controlling the applied voltage, current, and torque to the motor terminals for single-speed, full-voltage operation. An input isolation contactor is integrated into the design to provide complete voltage removal to the motor windings. A bypass contactor is integrated into the design to provide selectable direct across the line, single- speed, single-direction, full-voltage operation.

The basic RVSS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote RVSS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

2. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 closes giving the RVSS a signal to begin operation.

3. The RVSS RUN contact closes relaying the SIMOCODE Pro to close Digital Module Output 1 which energizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.

4. With the Input Isolation Contactor 3M closed the RVSS follows its settings for ramp-up, run, and internal bypass.

5. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

6. The SIMOCODE Pro Output 1 opens giving the RVSS a signal to stop operation.

7. The RVSS follows its settings for ramp-down opening the RVSS RUN contact when the designated time has elapsed.

8. With the RVSS RUN contact open the SIMOCODE Pro opens its Digital Module Output 1 which deenergizes the coil of Input Isolation Contactor 3M.

9. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The basic BYPASS operation of this starter is as follows:1. A local or remote BYPASS start signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

2. The SIMOCODE Pro Digital Module Output 2 closes which energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.

3. A local or remote stop signal is given to the SIMOCODE Pro.

4. The SIMOCODE Pro Digital Module Output 2 opens which de-energizes the coil of Bypass Contactor 2M.

5. If a fault occurs at any time the SIMOCODE Pro will end the starter operation.

The RVSS auxiliary contacts are connected to the SIMOCODE Pro inputs to provide starter control as well as operationfeedback over Profibus-DP.

o The RVSS RUN contact provides direct control over the 3M input isolation contactor and starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to close Digital Module Output 1 to energize the 3M contactor coil. This contact will switch states during ramp-up, internal bypass, and rampdown.

o The RVSS FAULT contact provides starter condition feedback. When active the contact will signal the SIMOCODE Pro to trigger an external fault command. This contact will switch states during thyristor thermal overload, phase failure, no load voltage, mains under-voltage, mains over-voltage, or equipment error.

Page 419: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 417Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB107

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 420: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

418 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB107

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 421: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 419Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB107

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 422: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

420 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB107

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 423: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 421Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB107

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 424: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

422 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB108

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 425: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 423Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB108

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 426: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

424 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB108

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassOperating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 427: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 425Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB108

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 428: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

426 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB108

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 429: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 427Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB109

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 430: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

428 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB109

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassOperating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally close state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 431: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 429Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB109

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 432: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

430 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB109

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 433: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 431Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB109

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 434: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

432 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB110

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassConnection Diagram

Page 435: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 433Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB110

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 436: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

434 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB110

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and BypassOperating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped. so equipped.

Page 437: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 435Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB110

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 438: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

436 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB110

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 439: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 437Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB111

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 440: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

438 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB111

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 441: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 439Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB111

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 442: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

440 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB111

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 443: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 441Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB111

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 444: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

442 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB111

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 445: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 443Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB112

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 446: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

444 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB112

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 447: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 445Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB112

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 448: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

446 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB112

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 449: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 447Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB112

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 450: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

448 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB112

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 451: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 449Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB113

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 452: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

450 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB113

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 453: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 451Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB113

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 454: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

452 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB113

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 455: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 453Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB113

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection –No Local – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 456: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

454 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB114

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local –Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 457: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 455Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB114

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Fixed Level 1 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

3. To engage Local Operation Mode the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

Local Control (for field commissioning purposes only)1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS SIMOCODE Input 1 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 3 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 458: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

456 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB114

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 459: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 457Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB114

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local –Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 460: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

458 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB114

RVSS – Profibus Bit Operation Mode Selection – No Local –Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 461: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 459Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB115

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 462: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

460 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB115

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 2 and 3 will open.

Page 463: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 461Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB115

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 464: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

462 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB115

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 465: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 463Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB115

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 466: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

464 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB116

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 467: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 465Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB116

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 1 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC). Connected to Truth Table 1 are SIMOCODE Input 1 and SIMOCODE Input 3.

2. To engage the RVSS the Selector Switch is placed into the RVSS position. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the BYPASS position. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching contactors it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Outputs 1 and 2 will open.

Page 468: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

466 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB116

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the s specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 469: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 467Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB116

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 470: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

468 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB116

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 2-Wire SS – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 471: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 469Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB117

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 472: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

470 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB117

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 473: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 471Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB117

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 474: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

472 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB117

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 475: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 473Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB117

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 476: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

474 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB118

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 477: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 475Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB118

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. SIMOCODE Input 4 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode SIMOCODE Input 4 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS.

Local Control

1. SIMOCODE Input 1 is connected to the ON > Control Command, SIMOCODE Input 3 is connected to the ON < Control Command and SIMOCODE Input 2 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Local Control (LC).

2. To engage the RVSS the RVSS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed while the Stop Pushbutton is in its normally closed state. The ON< Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor two methods are available. First, while the Selector Switch is placed into the HAND position the Stop Pushbutton is depressed. Second, the Selector Switch is placed into the OFF position. For either action The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 478: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

476 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB118

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 479: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 477Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB118

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 480: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

478 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB118

RVSS – Selector Switch Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire SS/PB – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 481: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 479Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB119

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 482: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

480 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB119

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection –Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 483: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 481Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB119

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control

1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 484: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

482 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB119

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Truth Table 2 Output is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP). Connected to Truth Table 2 are Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0.

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 are deactivated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control

1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 485: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 483Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB119

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 486: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

484 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB119

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 2-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 487: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 485Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB120

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 488: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

486 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB120

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OPD – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Connection Diagram

Page 489: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 487Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB120

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Control Selection1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S1. Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is connected to the Operation Mode Selector S2. Operator Panel Button 1 (AUTO) is connected to Non-Volatile Element 1 for an edge rising latch as well as to Counter 1 for latch reset. Counter 1 is connected to Non-Volatile Element 2 to maintain Operation Mode selection during loss of control power.

2. To engage Local Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is deactivated. The state of Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is not relevant to this operation.

3. To engage Remote Parameterization Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output is activated while Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 is deactivated. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

4. To engage Remote Operation Mode the Non-Volatile Element 1 Output and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.5 (maintained | signal) are activated. This mode does not permit sending parameter data from the PLC/DCS. When mode is active indication is provided via LED on Operator Panel Button 1.

Local Control1. Operator Panel Button 3 (RVSS) is connected to the ON > Control Command, Operator Panel Button 2 (BYPASS) is connected to the ON < Control Command and Operator Panel Button 4 (STOP) is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode Operator Panel (OP).

2. To engage the RVSS Contactor the OP RVSS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP BYPASS Pushbutton is depressed. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the OP Stop Pushbutton is depressed. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time)

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Page 490: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

488 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB120

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Operating Instructions

Remote Control1. Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is connected to the ON > Control Command, Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is connected to the ON < Control Command and Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is connected to the OFF Control Command in Operation Mode PLC/DCS (DP).

2. To engage the RVSS the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.2 is activated. The ON > Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 to close, which activates an internal RVSS RUN signal.

3. To engage the 3M Isolation Contactor the RVSS closes the associated internal RUN contact. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is then activated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to close.

4. To engage the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.0 is activated. The ON < Control Command is then triggered, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 to close.

5. To disengage the RVSS with the 3M Isolation Contactor or the 2M Bypass Contactor the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.1 is activated. The OFF Control Command is then triggered, causing SIMOCODE Output 1 and Digital Module Output 2 to open.

6. To disengage the 3M Isolation Contactor the loss of RVSS RUN signal opens the associated internal RUN contact once the specified Ramp-down time expires. The SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 2 is deactivated, causing the SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 1 to open. (RVSS ramp-down time must be less than or equal to the SIMOCODE Execution Time).

7. When switching between RVSS and BYPASS it is required to issue an OFF Control Command before engaging the Control Command for the opposite operation.

8. In the event of an Overload or any other General Fault event SIMOCODE Output 1 and SIMOCODE Digital Module Output 2 will open.

Reset Control1. SIMOCODE General Fault conditions and SIMOCODE RVSS Fault conditions may be reset via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, via Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or via TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

2. SIMOCODE Digital Module Input 1 will indicate RVSS Fault Status only.

3. RVSS Hardware Fault conditions may be reset via Truth Table 3 Output. The inputs connected to Truth Table 3 are the TEST/RESET button located on the SIMOCODE Pro Basic Unit face, the Profibus Cyclic Receive Bit 0.6 from the PLC/DCS system, or the TEST/RESET SIMOCODE Pro Operator Panel if so equipped.

Page 491: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

A5E31640678A 489Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

Section

11

PB120

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

Control Selection and Operation

Page 492: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

490 Reference manual – MCC SIMOCODE Pro A5E31640678A

tiastar Smart MCC SIMOCODE Pro Control Reference Manual

PB120

RVSS – Operator Panel Operation Mode Selection – Local 3-Wire OP (OPD) – Remote 3-Wire 3RW44 w/Input Isolation and Bypass

Parameter Detail

AUTO Toggle Operation

RVSS Control and Operation

Page 493: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates
Page 494: Control Reference Manual...control circuit. SIMOCODE ES is a powerful, user-friendly program that uses pull-down menus to select the desired functionality. The program then translates

The information provided in this brochure contains merelygeneral descriptions or characteristics of performancewhich in case of actual use do not always apply as describedor which may change as a result of further developmentof the products. An obligation to provide the respectivecharacteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in theterms of contract.

All product designations may be trademarks or productnames of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use bythird parties for their own purposes could violate the rightsof the owners.

www.usa siemens.com

Subject to change without prior notice. Order No: E87010-A0241-T004-A5-MCC All rights reserved. Printed in USA ©2013 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Siemens Industry, Inc.3333 Old Milton ParkwayAlpharetta, GA 30005

1-800 [email protected]